operato 's and service parts manualcdnmedia.endeavorsuite.com/images/organizations... · gehl...
TRANSCRIPT
Form No
middot 903468 Replaces 903033
V-Rakes ~
~ [Q1
~ ~~t~1W~lili~ I
WR308 ((
~ reg
OPERATO S AND SERVICE PARTS MANUAL
GEHLreg COMPANY
New Agricultural Equipment
Gehl Company (incorporated) hereinafter referred to as GEHL as manufacturer of quality machinery since J859 warrants new G E H L machinery and or attachments at the time of delivery to the original purchaser to be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly set up and operated in accordance with the recommendations set forth in GEHLs Operator Manual
G E H Ls liability for any defect with respect to accepted goods shall be limited to repairing the goods at an authorized GEHL dealer or other GEHL designated location or replacing them as GEHL shall elect The above shall be in accordance with GEHL warranty adjustment policies GEHLs obligation shall terminate twelve (12) months after the delivery of the goods to the original purchaser
This warranty shall not apply to any machine or attachment which shall have been repaired or altered outside the GEHL factory or authorized GEHL dealership or in any way so as in GEHLsjudgment to affect its stability or reliability nor which has been subject to misuse negligence or accident nor to any machine or attachment which shall not have been operated in accordance with GEHLs printed instructions or beyond the company recommended machine rated capacity
This warranty shall not be applicable to items which are subject to the warranties of their respective manufacturers Such items would include but would not be limited to engines clutches universaljoints knives hydraulic components bearings tires belts and other trade accessories
EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein G EH L makes no representation or warranty of any kind express or implied AND MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY IN RESPECT TO ITS MACHINERY AND OR ATTACHMENTS AND MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT ITS MACHINERY AND OR ATTACHMENTS ARE FIT FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE GEHL shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages for any breach of warranty including but not limited to inconvenience rental or replacement equipment loss of profits or other commercial loss GEHL shall not be liable for and the buyer assumes all liability for all personal injury and property damage resulting from the handling possession or use of the goods by the buyer
No agent employee or representative of GEHL has any authority to bind GEHL to any affirmation representation or warranty concerning its machinery and or attachments except as specifically set forth herein
2
INTRODUCTION Mr Operator
Your decision to purchase this piece of GEHL equipshyment was a good one We are sure that your decision was strongly considered and that you are looking forshyward to many seasons of work from this machine
We as a Company have invested a great deal of time and effort in developing our lines of agricultural and indusshytrial equipment The equipment you have purchased is built with a great deal of pride and designed to give you long life efficient operation durability and dependability
This manual was developed specifically for the machine you have purchased The information contained within was prepared for your assistance in preparing adjusting maintaining and servicing your machine More imporshytantly this manual provides an operation plan for safe and proper use of your machine Major points of safe operation are detailed in the SAFETY chapter of this manual Refer to the Table of Contents for an outline (by chapters) of this manual Use the Index in the back of the manual for specific chapter and topic page number references
Modern machinery has become more sophisticated and with that in mind GEHL Company asks that you read and understand the contents of this manshyual COMPLETELY and become familiar with your new machine BEFORE attempting to operate it
Our wide Dealership network stands by to provide you with any assistance you may require including genuine G EH L service parts All parts should be obtained from or ordered through your GEHL Dealer Give complete information about the part as well as the model number and serial number of your machine Record numbers in space provided as a handy record for quick reference
Numbers for this unit are stamped on a plate located on the right side Width Positioning Bracket
Right and Left are determined from a position standing behind the Rake and facing the direction of travel
GEHL Company reserves the right to make changes or improvements in the design or construction of any part without incurring the obligation to install such changes on any unit previously delivered
Typical Model amp Serial No Plate
MODEL NO
WR (Fill In)
SERIAL NO
(Fill In)
GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WIS 53095 USA
Throughout this manual information is provided which is set in bold type and introd uced by the word NOTE BE SURE to read carefully and comply with the message or directive given Following this information will improve your operating or mainteshynance efficiency help you to avoid costly breakdown or unnecessary damage and extend your machines life
The GEHL Company and the American Society of Agricultural Engineers have adopted this SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL
to pinpoint characteristics which if not properly followed can create a safety hazard When you see this symbol in this manual or on the unit itself you are reminded to BE ALERT Your Safety is involved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Warranty 2 Introduction 3 S pecifica tions 4 Check Lists 5-7 Safety 8 General Information 9-19 Decal Locations 20 Service Parts 21-25 Numerical Index 26 Index 27
3
SPECIFICATIONS
Model amp Description WR308 Finger Wheel Rake with Eight Wheels
WR310 Finger Wheel Rake with Ten Wheels
Mounting To Category II (Standard) or Category I (Optional) Tractor
Three-point Hitch Operating Width (Adjustable) WR308 15 to 18 ft
(45 to 55 m) WR310 18 to 22 ft (55 to 67 m)
Transport Width WR308 12 ft (36 m) WR310 14 ft (43 m)
Finger Wheel Diameter 55-18 (1400 mm) Number of Finger Wheels WR308 8
WR310 10 Number of Tines Each Wheel 40 Unit Weight (Approximate) WR308 1028 lb
(466 kg) WR310 1228 lb
(557 kg)
4
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it
c- to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed o action is taken co a
Check that 2 a Q)
lt Q __ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshy
up according to the details in this manual gt
o ~ __ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated o see Lubrication information ~ u __ All fasteners are properly secured en ~a
Q) __ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of ii Q) this unit on this page and page 3 c Q)
gt o E Q)
a I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed- on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial N umber________________
Model Number - ____________ ___
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
__Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the GEHL Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Dealers File Copy)
5
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
GEHLreg COMPANY
New Agricultural Equipment
Gehl Company (incorporated) hereinafter referred to as GEHL as manufacturer of quality machinery since J859 warrants new G E H L machinery and or attachments at the time of delivery to the original purchaser to be free from defects in material and workmanship if properly set up and operated in accordance with the recommendations set forth in GEHLs Operator Manual
G E H Ls liability for any defect with respect to accepted goods shall be limited to repairing the goods at an authorized GEHL dealer or other GEHL designated location or replacing them as GEHL shall elect The above shall be in accordance with GEHL warranty adjustment policies GEHLs obligation shall terminate twelve (12) months after the delivery of the goods to the original purchaser
This warranty shall not apply to any machine or attachment which shall have been repaired or altered outside the GEHL factory or authorized GEHL dealership or in any way so as in GEHLsjudgment to affect its stability or reliability nor which has been subject to misuse negligence or accident nor to any machine or attachment which shall not have been operated in accordance with GEHLs printed instructions or beyond the company recommended machine rated capacity
This warranty shall not be applicable to items which are subject to the warranties of their respective manufacturers Such items would include but would not be limited to engines clutches universaljoints knives hydraulic components bearings tires belts and other trade accessories
EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES
Except as otherwise expressly stated herein G EH L makes no representation or warranty of any kind express or implied AND MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY IN RESPECT TO ITS MACHINERY AND OR ATTACHMENTS AND MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT ITS MACHINERY AND OR ATTACHMENTS ARE FIT FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE GEHL shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages for any breach of warranty including but not limited to inconvenience rental or replacement equipment loss of profits or other commercial loss GEHL shall not be liable for and the buyer assumes all liability for all personal injury and property damage resulting from the handling possession or use of the goods by the buyer
No agent employee or representative of GEHL has any authority to bind GEHL to any affirmation representation or warranty concerning its machinery and or attachments except as specifically set forth herein
2
INTRODUCTION Mr Operator
Your decision to purchase this piece of GEHL equipshyment was a good one We are sure that your decision was strongly considered and that you are looking forshyward to many seasons of work from this machine
We as a Company have invested a great deal of time and effort in developing our lines of agricultural and indusshytrial equipment The equipment you have purchased is built with a great deal of pride and designed to give you long life efficient operation durability and dependability
This manual was developed specifically for the machine you have purchased The information contained within was prepared for your assistance in preparing adjusting maintaining and servicing your machine More imporshytantly this manual provides an operation plan for safe and proper use of your machine Major points of safe operation are detailed in the SAFETY chapter of this manual Refer to the Table of Contents for an outline (by chapters) of this manual Use the Index in the back of the manual for specific chapter and topic page number references
Modern machinery has become more sophisticated and with that in mind GEHL Company asks that you read and understand the contents of this manshyual COMPLETELY and become familiar with your new machine BEFORE attempting to operate it
Our wide Dealership network stands by to provide you with any assistance you may require including genuine G EH L service parts All parts should be obtained from or ordered through your GEHL Dealer Give complete information about the part as well as the model number and serial number of your machine Record numbers in space provided as a handy record for quick reference
Numbers for this unit are stamped on a plate located on the right side Width Positioning Bracket
Right and Left are determined from a position standing behind the Rake and facing the direction of travel
GEHL Company reserves the right to make changes or improvements in the design or construction of any part without incurring the obligation to install such changes on any unit previously delivered
Typical Model amp Serial No Plate
MODEL NO
WR (Fill In)
SERIAL NO
(Fill In)
GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WIS 53095 USA
Throughout this manual information is provided which is set in bold type and introd uced by the word NOTE BE SURE to read carefully and comply with the message or directive given Following this information will improve your operating or mainteshynance efficiency help you to avoid costly breakdown or unnecessary damage and extend your machines life
The GEHL Company and the American Society of Agricultural Engineers have adopted this SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL
to pinpoint characteristics which if not properly followed can create a safety hazard When you see this symbol in this manual or on the unit itself you are reminded to BE ALERT Your Safety is involved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Warranty 2 Introduction 3 S pecifica tions 4 Check Lists 5-7 Safety 8 General Information 9-19 Decal Locations 20 Service Parts 21-25 Numerical Index 26 Index 27
3
SPECIFICATIONS
Model amp Description WR308 Finger Wheel Rake with Eight Wheels
WR310 Finger Wheel Rake with Ten Wheels
Mounting To Category II (Standard) or Category I (Optional) Tractor
Three-point Hitch Operating Width (Adjustable) WR308 15 to 18 ft
(45 to 55 m) WR310 18 to 22 ft (55 to 67 m)
Transport Width WR308 12 ft (36 m) WR310 14 ft (43 m)
Finger Wheel Diameter 55-18 (1400 mm) Number of Finger Wheels WR308 8
WR310 10 Number of Tines Each Wheel 40 Unit Weight (Approximate) WR308 1028 lb
(466 kg) WR310 1228 lb
(557 kg)
4
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it
c- to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed o action is taken co a
Check that 2 a Q)
lt Q __ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshy
up according to the details in this manual gt
o ~ __ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated o see Lubrication information ~ u __ All fasteners are properly secured en ~a
Q) __ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of ii Q) this unit on this page and page 3 c Q)
gt o E Q)
a I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed- on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial N umber________________
Model Number - ____________ ___
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
__Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the GEHL Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Dealers File Copy)
5
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
INTRODUCTION Mr Operator
Your decision to purchase this piece of GEHL equipshyment was a good one We are sure that your decision was strongly considered and that you are looking forshyward to many seasons of work from this machine
We as a Company have invested a great deal of time and effort in developing our lines of agricultural and indusshytrial equipment The equipment you have purchased is built with a great deal of pride and designed to give you long life efficient operation durability and dependability
This manual was developed specifically for the machine you have purchased The information contained within was prepared for your assistance in preparing adjusting maintaining and servicing your machine More imporshytantly this manual provides an operation plan for safe and proper use of your machine Major points of safe operation are detailed in the SAFETY chapter of this manual Refer to the Table of Contents for an outline (by chapters) of this manual Use the Index in the back of the manual for specific chapter and topic page number references
Modern machinery has become more sophisticated and with that in mind GEHL Company asks that you read and understand the contents of this manshyual COMPLETELY and become familiar with your new machine BEFORE attempting to operate it
Our wide Dealership network stands by to provide you with any assistance you may require including genuine G EH L service parts All parts should be obtained from or ordered through your GEHL Dealer Give complete information about the part as well as the model number and serial number of your machine Record numbers in space provided as a handy record for quick reference
Numbers for this unit are stamped on a plate located on the right side Width Positioning Bracket
Right and Left are determined from a position standing behind the Rake and facing the direction of travel
GEHL Company reserves the right to make changes or improvements in the design or construction of any part without incurring the obligation to install such changes on any unit previously delivered
Typical Model amp Serial No Plate
MODEL NO
WR (Fill In)
SERIAL NO
(Fill In)
GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WIS 53095 USA
Throughout this manual information is provided which is set in bold type and introd uced by the word NOTE BE SURE to read carefully and comply with the message or directive given Following this information will improve your operating or mainteshynance efficiency help you to avoid costly breakdown or unnecessary damage and extend your machines life
The GEHL Company and the American Society of Agricultural Engineers have adopted this SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL
to pinpoint characteristics which if not properly followed can create a safety hazard When you see this symbol in this manual or on the unit itself you are reminded to BE ALERT Your Safety is involved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page Warranty 2 Introduction 3 S pecifica tions 4 Check Lists 5-7 Safety 8 General Information 9-19 Decal Locations 20 Service Parts 21-25 Numerical Index 26 Index 27
3
SPECIFICATIONS
Model amp Description WR308 Finger Wheel Rake with Eight Wheels
WR310 Finger Wheel Rake with Ten Wheels
Mounting To Category II (Standard) or Category I (Optional) Tractor
Three-point Hitch Operating Width (Adjustable) WR308 15 to 18 ft
(45 to 55 m) WR310 18 to 22 ft (55 to 67 m)
Transport Width WR308 12 ft (36 m) WR310 14 ft (43 m)
Finger Wheel Diameter 55-18 (1400 mm) Number of Finger Wheels WR308 8
WR310 10 Number of Tines Each Wheel 40 Unit Weight (Approximate) WR308 1028 lb
(466 kg) WR310 1228 lb
(557 kg)
4
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it
c- to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed o action is taken co a
Check that 2 a Q)
lt Q __ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshy
up according to the details in this manual gt
o ~ __ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated o see Lubrication information ~ u __ All fasteners are properly secured en ~a
Q) __ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of ii Q) this unit on this page and page 3 c Q)
gt o E Q)
a I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed- on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial N umber________________
Model Number - ____________ ___
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
__Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the GEHL Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Dealers File Copy)
5
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
SPECIFICATIONS
Model amp Description WR308 Finger Wheel Rake with Eight Wheels
WR310 Finger Wheel Rake with Ten Wheels
Mounting To Category II (Standard) or Category I (Optional) Tractor
Three-point Hitch Operating Width (Adjustable) WR308 15 to 18 ft
(45 to 55 m) WR310 18 to 22 ft (55 to 67 m)
Transport Width WR308 12 ft (36 m) WR310 14 ft (43 m)
Finger Wheel Diameter 55-18 (1400 mm) Number of Finger Wheels WR308 8
WR310 10 Number of Tines Each Wheel 40 Unit Weight (Approximate) WR308 1028 lb
(466 kg) WR310 1228 lb
(557 kg)
4
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it
c- to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed o action is taken co a
Check that 2 a Q)
lt Q __ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshy
up according to the details in this manual gt
o ~ __ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated o see Lubrication information ~ u __ All fasteners are properly secured en ~a
Q) __ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of ii Q) this unit on this page and page 3 c Q)
gt o E Q)
a I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed- on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial N umber________________
Model Number - ____________ ___
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
__Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the GEHL Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Dealers File Copy)
5
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it
c- to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed o action is taken co a
Check that 2 a Q)
lt Q __ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshy
up according to the details in this manual gt
o ~ __ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated o see Lubrication information ~ u __ All fasteners are properly secured en ~a
Q) __ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of ii Q) this unit on this page and page 3 c Q)
gt o E Q)
a I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed- on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial N umber________________
Model Number - ____________ ___
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
__Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the GEHL Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Dealers File Copy)
5
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
INTENTIONALLY BLANK (To be removed as Dealers File Copy)
6
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
CHECK LISTS
PRE-DELIVERY
After the Wheel Rake has been completely set-up the following inspections should be made before delivering it to the Customer Check off each item after prescribed action is taken
Check that
__ Wheel Rake has been completely and properly setshyup according to the details in this manual
__ All Grease Fittings have been properly lubricated see Lubrication information
__ All fasteners are properly secured
__ Record the Model Number and Serial Number of this unit on this page and page 3
I acknowledge that pre-delivery service was performed on this unit as outlined above
Dealers Name
By _______________________________________ Dealers Set-up Mans Signature
Date Set-up _________________
Serial Number________________
Model Number ________________
DELIVERY
The following Check List is an important reminder of valuable information that MUST be passed on to the Customer at the time the unit is delivered Check off each item as you explain it to the Customer
__ Give the Customer his Operators Manual Instruct him to be sure to read and completely understand its contents BEFORE attempting to operate his unit
__ Explain and review with him the SAFETY information
__ Explain to him that regular lubrication is required for continued proper operation and long life Review with him the Lubrication information in this manual
-- Completely fillout Owners Registration including Customers signature and return it to the G E H L Company
I acknowledge that above points were reviewed with me at the time of delivery
Customers Signature
Date Delivered ________________
(Note Pages 5 and -6 Have Been Removed at Perforation)
7
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
SAFETY
bull BEFORE YOU ATTEMPT TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT READ AND STUDY THE FOLLOWING SAFETY INFORMATION IN ADDITION MAKE SURE THAT EVERY INDIVIDUAL WHO OPERATES OR WORKS WITH THIS EQUIPMENT WHETHER FAMILY MEMBER OR EMPLOYEE IS FAMILIAR WITH THESE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Gehl Company always takes the operator and his safety into consideration when designing farm machinery and guards exposed moving parts for his protection however some areas cannot be guarded or shielded in order to assure proper operation I n addition the operators manual and decals on the machine itself warn you of further danger and should be read and 0 bserved closely
The safety alert symbol above means ATTENTION BECOME ALERT YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED It stresses an attitude of HEADS UP for safety and can be found throughout this operators manual and on the unit itself
Remember The careful operator is the best operator Most accidents are caused by human error Certain precautions must be observed to prevent the possibility of injury or damage
Please read the rules listed below for safe operation BEFORE you operate this equipment
Wheel Rake operation is a function of the travel of the tractor to stop the Rake stop the tractor
The operator MUST be seated on the tractor at all times to operate this unit
Clear the area ahead of all spectator and obstacles BEFORE proceeding to operate this unit
Make sure that there is ample clearance below electrical wires BEFORE transporting Rake
DO NOT allow minors to operate or be near the Rake unless properly supervised
DO NOT allow personnel other than a qualified tractor operator near the Rake
DO NOT wear loose or baggy clothing when operating the Rake
DO NOT exceed tractors Top Link adjustment limit
DO NOT attempt to detach Rake from tractor 3shypoint hitch with Rake Flotation Springs locked in Transport positions Doing so may cause serious injury from pressure that is NOT relieved from Top Link connection to tractor Correct proceshydure is detailed under Assembled V-Rake Tractor Connection topic in this manual
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
The following abbreviations are used in this informashy hitch The Top Link has a selection of 3 positions tion (Fig 2) Choose the position which brings the
Frame closest to the tractor and allows you to CS - Cap Screw (Hexagon Head) obtain maximum lift for transport L N - Lock Nut ( Hexagon) N - Nut (Hexagon) SW - Star Washer
General Bolt Torque Data in Ft-Lb
BOLT GRADE SIZE 88 109 129
Metric DRY LUB DRY LUB DRY LUB
M6 8 6 II 8 135 10 M8 19 14 27 20 325 24 MIO 375 28 53 39 64 47 MI2 65 48 91 5 675 111 3 82 MI4 103 5 765 1455 108 176 5 131 MI6 1585 1175 2235 1655 271 200 5
Fig 1
Multiply by (01383) for metric kg-m
The GEHL WR308 (Eight Finger Wheel) and WR310 (Ten Finger Wheel) V Rakes are suitable for windrowshying hay straw grass corn stalks etc Either model is provided for mounting directly to the 3-point hitch of a Category II tractor or Category I tractor with optional Lift Tong Positions of the Finger Wheels on either model can be changed to enable the largest working width for large raking capacity As conditions require the Wheel angles can be changed to accommodate wide or narrow or light or heavy cut crops
The Finger Wheel pressure on the ground is most important to achieving clean raking If too much presshysure is applied against the ground unnecessary dirt and trash will be brought in the windrow
SET-UP amp ASSEMBLY
Before proceeding to set-up and assemble either Rake uncrate the unit and spread the components out in an organi7ed manner Remove paint and plastic covers Crom the turning parts such as the Finger Wheel Carri shyers Turning Bars and Hinge Bars Proceed as follows
Main Frame and Mounting Brackets
NOTE To facilitate assembly mount the comshyponents directly onto the 3-point hitch of a tractor An optional Category I Lift Tong can be obtained and substituted for mounting either model Rake on a tractor with Category I provisions
I Fasten the Main Frame to the tractor hitch (Fig I) Category II Pins are standard equipment for the Top Link and Lower Lift Arms of the 3-point
Fig 2
2 Raise the tractor 3-point hitch so the bottom of the Main Frame is approximately 24 (61 0 mm) above the floor
3 Adjust the Top Link so the Main Frame is perpenshydicular with the ground
4 Install the left Top Mounting Bracket with the hole in the Pivot Pin up and toward the rear (Fig 3) and secure it with (2 each) M 12 x 30 and M 12 x 90 CS Tighten the Bolt only tight enough to keep the Bracket from moving
5 Install the right Top Bracket in the same manner
6 Install the Bottom left Mounting Bracket with the Width Adjustment piece and Hinge Arm facing the rear of the Rake (Fig 3)
9
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
Fig3
NOTE The Pivot Pin on the Lower Bracket MUST be directly below and in-line wi th the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Pass the lower Bolts from the rear toward the front through the two Plates and secure them with the approshypriate hardware Refer to the parts illustration for fastener details
7 Install the right Bottom Bracket and the Hinge Arm in the same way as the left Bottom Bracket Again align the Pivot Pin directlY below the Pin on the Upper Mounting Bracket
Tension Spring
1 Slip the large end of the Coil Spring over the flat end of-the Telescoping Bar (Fig 4)
NOTE It will be necessa ry to exert a good deal of force to make the Bar pa ss through the smaller portion of the Spring Push the Spring down to make su re that it is seated firm ly against the Stop of the Telescoping Ba r
2 Slip the hole in the top end of the Telescoping Bar over the Upper Pin on the Top Mounting Bracket (Fig 4) Fasten the Pin by driving a Roll Pin through the hole in the end of the Pin
Fig4
3 Press the Plastic Cap down firmly over the Top Mounting Bracket Pin and Roll Pin
4 Insert the lower end ofthe Tension Spring assembly through the Bracket on the Main Hinge Bar (Fig 4) Insert from the opposite side where the hooked end of the Tension Spring is positioned
5 Attach the Tension Spring Adjusting Plate over the Spring Hook Then slip it over the bottom end of the Telescoping Bar and up against the Bracket Secure the assembly with the Hairpin Cotterpin To insert more pressure on the Finger Wheels place the hook end of the Spring in the top holes (Fig 6)
10 lessen the Finger Wheels pressure place the hook end of the Spring in the lower holes (Fig 5)
Fig 5
Fig 6
6 Raise the Main Hinge Bar so that the Transport Pin can be passed through the Inside Telescoping Rod and secure it with the Hairpin Cotterpin
NOTE The Transport Pin when removed from the Tension Spring for operating the Rake should be stored in the Transport Hole on the Rake Width Adjusting Bracket (Fig 15)
10
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
15 (381 mm)
21 (5335 mm)
7 Repeat the above proced ure steps 1 through 6 to install the Tension Spring assembly on the other half of the Rake
Main Turning Bars and Finger Wheel Carriers
WR3I0
I Install the (610894) Plastic Bearings into the Main Turning Bar
2 Attach the Main Turning Bar to the Main Hinge Bar and secure it with the Locking Pin and Hairpin Cotterpin (Fig 7) Make sure the curved end of the Main Turning Bar is pointing to the front
Fig7 3 Apply a light coat of motor oil on the Spindles of
the Finger Wheel Carriers
4 Attach the Finger Wheel Carriers to the Main Turnshying Bar and secure them with the Locking Pins and Hairpin Cotterpins (Fig 8)
5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the other half of the Rake
NOTE The Front Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles nearest the bend at 15 (381 mm) (Fig 9) The rear Finger Wheel Carriers have their Spindles further away from the bend at 21 (533 mm) (Fig 9) DO NOT attempt to drill holes and mix-up the assemblies
Locking Pin amp Hairpin Cotterpin -f
~ --r
Fig8
W R308
Assembly procedures are the same as for the WR310 except that the Main Turning Bars are positioned and a ttached with their curved end facing the rear of the Ra ke (Fig 10)
Fig 9 WR310
11
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
15 (381 mm)
15 (381 mm)
Fig 10
Finger Wheels
It is most important that the appropriate Right and Left Finger Wheels are installed on their proper sides of the Rake The Finger Wheels are tagged before shipment with right and left designations If the tags are removed in shipment determine whether it is a right or left Finger Wheel by the following deduction Stand the Finger Wheel up with its smooth side facing you The smooth side is the side with the Bolt Heads View the Bolt Heads on the Finger Wheel and follow the Tines up to their ends to see which way they turn If the Tines turn to the right the Wheel is a right Finger Wheel or if they turn left it is a left Finger Wheel
Disassemble Finger Wheel Hubs (Figs II or 12) from the Rear Finger Wheel Support Axle and mount them onto the Finger Wheels with the (6) Bolts provided
NOTE The Reinforcing Flanges of the Finger Wheel Hubs MUST be properly oriented to be on the side opposite the force of the crop as shown in either Fig 11 or 12 This is necessary to insure proper support and to help prevent the Bolt Heads from fatiguing the Wheel Reinforcing Flanges With the Wheel correctly oriented push the Finger Wheel and Bearings onto the Finger Wheel Supshyport
For a WR308 Rake before Serial 2663 or for a WR310 Rake before Serial 2403 BE SURE to install a Filling Ring on each side of the assembly as
shown in Fig II The Closing Ring MUST also be corshyrectly positioned and assembled so that the small alignshyment dimple fits into a mating recess on the Axle Shaft to prevent the Closing Ring from turning Attach and secure the Ring with the 10 mm Bolt provided
For a WR308 Rake after Serial 2552 or for a WR31 0 Rake after Serial 2402 the Closing Ring MUST be correct ly positioned and assem bled so that the small hole for the Roll Pin is lined-up with the mating hole in the Axle Shaft as shown in Fig 12 The Roll Pin MUST then be installed to prevent the Ring from turning Attach and secure the ring with the IO mm Bolt provided
Fig 11
12
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
Fig 12
V RAKE TO TRACTOR CONNECTION
NaTE The same attachment procedures apply to either the WR308 or the WR31 0 models However depending on the serial different linkage arranshygements are provided for tractor hook-up
WR308 (Before SN2661) or WR310 (Before SN2401)
1 Correctly line-up and back the tractor up to the Rake Frame so that the tractor 3-point hitch lower links line-up with the Attachment Pins on the Rake Install the 3-point hitch lower links over the Pins and lock them with the tractor linchpins
2 With the 3-point hitch lower links attached raise the Rake Frame so that the Jackstands on the Rake can be raised and locked into their storage positions
3 With the Jackstands locked in their storage posishytions lower the tractor lower links to tip the Rake forward so that the adjustable tractor top link can be attached to the desired hole in the Attachment Bracket on the Rake Frame Proceed to step 7
A CAUTION Do NOT exceed the extension limit on the tractors adjustable top link If NO stop is provided BE SURE to allow at
least 1 (25 mm) of tube engagement between the two halves of the adjustable top link
WR308 (After SN2662) or WR31 0 (After SN2402)
NOTE Removable and lock-on Category I or Catagory II Lower Link Bars (Lift Tongs) are availshyable on WR308 Rakes (after SN2662) or WR310 Rakes (after SN2402) to facilitate Rake connection to the tractor (Fig 13)
4 Remove the Lower Link Bar (Lift Tong) from the Rake Frame and attach it between the tractor 3shypoint hitch lower links
5 Back the tractor up to the Rake Frame and use the tractor hydraulic lift to raise the Linkage Bar up and into position in the Clevis Brackets on the Rake Frame Lock the Linkage Bar into the Clevis Brackets with the Pin provided
6 With the 3-point lower links attached refer to steps 2 and 3 above for the rest of the attachment procedure
Fig 13
All WR308 amp WR310 Rakes
7 After the tractor 3-point hookup is made raise the Rake and remove the Transport Pin from the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring Tube (Fig 14) Install the Transport Pin in the Storage Hole in the Right and Left Hinge Arm Quadshyrants The Rake is now ready for field operation after the necessary adjustments are made per the Field Adjustments topic Refer to the Road Transport Position topic for procedures to place the Rake into transport
PARKING amp UNHOOKING RAKE
The following steps should be followed to detach the Rake from the tractor After selecting a level parking spot proceed as follows
NOTE These steps are developed in considshyeration of taking the Rake out of the Road Transshyport position To detach the Rake from the field operating position skip to step 4
I With the Rake in the transport position leave the tractor seat and swing-out the Right and Left Hinge Arms one hole position away from the Transport Hole in the Quadrant so that the Finshyger Wheel Frames can be conveniently and more easily swung-out of their transport positions
2 Remove the Pins and rotate the Right and Left Finger Wheel Frames to their operating (or parkshying) positions
3 On WR310 Rake models only rotate the two back Finger Wheel assemblies to their operating (parkshying) positions
4 Get back on the tractor and lower the 3-point hitch so that the Finger Wheels contact the ground Using the tractor adjustable top link lower the Rake so that all of the Finger Wheels are in solid
13
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
Existing Transport
Outside Tube
Spring Compressed
Existing (or Newly Drilled) Parking Hole
1116 (175 mm) Diameter Pin Hole
Telescoping Bar (1 of 2)
Fig 14
contact with the ground and so that the Transport Pins can be removed from the Transport (top) Hole in both Flotation Spring assemblies
NOTE If your earlier model WR308 or WR310 Rake is NOT equipped with two holes in each Floshytation Spring assembly (Telescoping Bar) the additional Parking Hole should be added per the details shown in Fig 14
5 U sing the tractor 3-point hitch and with the Transshyport Pins removed raise the Rake enough so that the Transport Pins can be installed and locked into the Parking Hole in each Flotation Spring
6 With the Transport Pins in the Parking Holes completely lower the lackstands and lock them in the supporting position Then lower the Rake so that the assembly is completely supported by the lackstands and the Finger Wheels
7 As necessary readjust the tractor top link so that it is free to be detached from the Rake
A CAUTION Under NO circumstances atshytempt to detach the Rake from the tractor with the Transport Pins in the Transport
Holes in the Flotation Springs NOR attempt to detach the Rake while it is folded into its transport width
8 As appropriate either detach the Lift Tong or othshyerwise uncouple the 3-point hitch lower links to separate the Rake from the tractor BE SURE to store the Lift Tong with the Rake
ROAD TRANSPORT POSITION
After the Rake is properly attached to the tractor it can be placed into the Road Transport position in the following manner
A DANGER Whenever the Rake is raised for or being transported maintain a safe disshytance away from all overhead high voltage
lines
NOTE Transporting the Rake requires reducshying the overall width as well as providing clearance to prevent the Finger Wheels from striking the ground
1 Lower the tractor 3-point hitch completely and install the Transport Pins into the Transport Hole in each Flotation Spring assembly As necessary readjust the top link to align the holes in the Flotashytion Spring Rods and Tubes
2 With the Transport Pins installed adjust the top link to shorten it completely and provide maximum ground clearance when the Rake is raised
14
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
3 Raise the Rake with the tractor 3-point hitch Then remove the Locking Pins between the Main Turnshying Bar and the Rear Finger Wheel Carrier on both sides Remove the Locking Pin between the Main Hinge Bar (4 of Fig IS) and the Main Truning Bar (3 of Fig IS) and swing the Rake assembly up into the Transport position (Fig 16 or 17)
NOTE Where possible the Finger Wheels should always be transported vertically If this is NOT possible because of the raising limitations of the tractor 3-point hitch the lower pair of Finger Wheels on both sides can be unlocked and swung into the horizontal position to obtain additional clearance
Fig 15
A WARNING ALWAYS observe appropriate regulations for highway transporting of this or any farm equipment BE SURE to
install each Transport Pin into both Flotation spring assemblies BEFORE transporting the Rake (Fig 14) Make sure also that all other Pins are locked in position
[
a
Fig 16 Transport Position for WR308
To restore the Rake to the operating position reverse the above procedure BE SURE that the Main Turning Bars are rotated horizontally with the curved portions toward the rear on WR308 Rakes or the curved portions are rotated toward the front of WR310 Rakes
Fig 17 Transport Position for WR310
I Raise the 3-point hitch to its maximum height remove the Locking Pins between the Main Hinge Bar and Main Turning Bar and rotate the Rake unit upside down from working position (Fig 18)
SPREADING
Both model V Rakes can be used to spread existing windrows to help speed-up the drying process To set the Rake up for spreading proceed as follows
Fig 18
2 Close the Rear Finger Wheels to approximately 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart using both Width Adshyjustment Locking Pins
3 Set the 3-point hitch Lower Hitch Pins to a height of 22 (559 mm) above the ground (Fig I)
15
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
NOTE For spreading it may be necessary to set each half of the Rake in the No 4 or 5 hole Width position (Fig 20) and then to slide both Rake halves inwaJd on the Main Frame until the Rear Finger Wheels are about 18 to 24 (457 to 609 mm) apart The Finger Wheels are now appropshyriately situated so that each swath is split and turned without hay being passed from one Wheel to the next Various Width Adjustment positions on the Main Frame and Wheel angles can be used with varying results depending on the type and density of the crop or hay
22 (559 mm) For Spreading Fig 19
FIELD ADJUSTMENTS
Both model V Rakes have the same field adjustments Both Rakes will perform well within certain limitations based on density of the crop and the desired windrow width coming out of the Rake The key factors to conshysider for proper Rake set-up are
I The width of the swaths or windrows to be raked
2 The size of the discharged windrow
3 The density of the crop (tons per acre)
In general the WR308 will work well up to 18 ft with a 5shyft discharge windrow the smallest setting for the Rake is IS ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow The WR31 0 will work well up to 22 ft with a 5-ft discharge windrow The smallest WR310 setting is 18 ft with a 4-ft discharge windrow It should however be well understood that the a bove limits are NOT presented as achievable maximums
and minimum Depending on the field conditions and the crop density the good performances of the Rakes will be less likely evident when the limits are closely approached or exceeded
When the Main Frame is properly attached to the tracshytor 3-point hitch it should be vertical to the ground with the Lower Hitch Pins 19 (483 mm) above the ground (See Fig 21) Readjust the top link as required to posishytion the Main Frame vertically Using the optional Limshyiting Chains or the tractor position control fix the 19 (4X3 mm) downward limit
Width Positioning Bracket
The Wid th Positioning Bracket (Fig 20) is hi nged atone end and 5 holes are provided on the other end for posishytion selection Hole I which is closest to the Frame is used for transport The remaining (4) holes are used with desired Width settings with hole (2) for the widest setting and hole (5) for the narrowest setting Remember that if the Width is adjusted the discharge opening between the rear Finger Wheels is also changed
NOTE Position 4 or 5 MUST be used in heavy hay conditions to allow material to get out of the Rake
Telescoping Rod and Spring
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly is mounted to the Top Bar of the Main Frame using a Mounting Bracket The Mounting Bracket MUST be approshypriately located directly over the Pivot Pin of the Lower Bracket the Width Positioning Bracket When the Lower Bracket is moved the Top Bracket also moves The Telescoping Rod Spring allows the Finger Wheels to float across the ground Both the right and left assemblies MUST be locked so the Rods will NOT extend for transport (Fig 14) For the operating posishytion these assemblies MUST be unlocked and the Transport Pins should be stored in the transport holes (1 of Fig 20) of the Width Positioning Brackets
During set-up and for transporting the Rake the Transshyport Pin is used to secure the Inner Rod to the Outer Tube Lower the 3-point hitch until the Locking Pins which are located 6 (152 mm) down from the Outer Tube when measured from the Top Mounting Bracket can be removed BE SURE to install the Transport Pin into the Transport Hole in the Width Positioning Brackets while
the Rake is being operated When the Rake is transportshyed the Locking Pins MUST be locked into the Telescopshying Rod and Spring assemblies in order to remove all weight from both Springs
16
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
Fig 20
Tension Spring Adjuster Plate
The Tenslon Sprlng Adjuster Plate is located at the end or the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly (I of Fig 21) and fastens the Spring to the Hinge Bar The Plate controls the amount of pressure the Spring will allow the Finger Wheels to have on the ground To increase the Tine pressure on the ground lengthen the Adjuster Plate (Fig 5) The Tine pressure may be increased to combat too much flotation skipping hay rough ground conditions holes or uneven ground The Tine pressure on the ground can be decreased by shortening the Adjuster Plate (Fig 6) The Tine pressure may be decreased to combat undesired raking-up of stones and debris excessive Tine wear or noisy operation
For most operations place the hook end of the Spring in hole X (Fig 21)
NOTE NEVER attempt to change the ground pressure by moving the Hitch Pin level leave it at 19 (483 mm)
Rake Width
After the desired Tine pressure is properly set the Rake Width and width of the windrow can be adjusted The center of the discharge windrow should be in the center of the Rake Main Frame and the tractor To reset the width first start with the Width Positioning Brackets in the third hole positions (Fig 22) This will provide the censhyter point to work from in most conditions
Fig 21
17
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
With the third hole position selected on both halves of the Rake measure the distance between the last Finger Wheels to determine the size of the windrow Measureshyments should be taken between the Outer Rim of the Finger Wheels at their close~t point to each other (Fig 23) If a 5-ft windrow is desired the measurement should be 5-ft To adjust this distance slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets in or out equally to obtain the required measurement
Fig 22
The Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly Mounting Bracket MUST also be slid along Position of the Top Bracket of the Telescoping Rod and Spring assembly should also be set directly over the Hinge Point of the Hinge Bar Mount (Fig 24)
After the windrow width is set check the raking width in the crop Measure from Tine to the ground contact point on the first Finger Wheel across to the opposite first Tine point of ground contact (Fig 23) After a satisfiable setting is obtained test the operation by raking a short distance and then stop and evaluate the area Measure the windrowed width (Fig 23) and readjust it if necessa ry
If it becomes necessary to rake more width to pick up the entire swath slide the Hinge Bar Mounting Brackets out until the distance desired will be picked-up
NOTE In certain field and crop conditions to obtain the required widths it may be necessary to move the Lower Bracket Hinge Bar inside of the Lower 3-point Hitch Pins Bracket If the Hinge Bar Bracket can NOT be slid to the necessary position to correct the Rake Width but the windrow width is to the desired setting it may be necessary to swing both halves of the Rake in or out by repositioning the Width Positioning Brackets to their No2 hole positions for wider raking or to the No 4 hole posishytions for narrower raking After the hole positions have been changed the Tines pressure and Teleshyscoping Rod and Spring assembly settings will have to be checked and readjusted ifn-ecessary
Some very heavy crop condition may limit the usefulness of the V Rakes The heavier the crop the less the angle for moving the crop from Finger Wheel to Finger Wheel To help prevent bunching it may also be necessary to reduce your speed of travel By driving slower the material is given more time to clear the Frame where bunching normally occurs It should also be understood that too much material may be more than the baler pickup can handle
Fig 23
Fig 24
MAINTENANCE
Hardware
After the first hour of operation check all attaching hardware especially in the areas of the Tines and Bearshyings Hardware torque should be checked on a routine basis after every 10 hours of operation
18
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
Lubrication (Figs 25 amp 26)
The WR308 and WR310 Finger Wheel V-Rakes MUST be routinely lubricated to promote long life and smooth operation All points illustrated as applicable should be lubricated after every 10 hours of operation
On all units a fitting is provided on each Main Frame Bearing for the Width Adjustment WR308 Rakes (before Serial 2663) are provided with a total of (8) fittings on the Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turning Bars WR310 Rakes (before Serial 2403) are provided with a total of (10) fittings on the
Finger Wheel Bearings and a fitting on both Main Turnshying Bars For a WR308 Rake (after Serial 2662) and a W R31 0 Rake (after Serial 2402) NO other grease fitshytings are provided besides the fitting on each Width Adjustment
Besides grease fittings apply oil to the Telescoping Rod and Spring on each Flotation Spring assembly on all hinge points on the Finger Wheel Carriers on the Width Adjustment Bracket hinges and on the Pins and inner portions of the Adjustment Brackets
NOTE In addition to lubrication points on the Rake BE SURE to routinely lubricate the hinge and adjustment points on your tractors 3-point hitch
WR308s Before Serial ----
2663
WR308s Before Serial
2663
Fig 25
WR310s Before Serial --~
2403
WR310s Before Serial
2403
Fig 26
19
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
DECAL LOCATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Decal Locations information is provided to assist in the proper selection and application of new decals in the
event the original decal(s) become damaged or the machine is repainted Refer to the listing for the illustrashytion reference number part number description and quantity of each decal provided in the Kit Refer to the appropriate illustration(s) for replacement location(s)
NOTE Always order decals by the set number listed do NOT order by separate part numbers For various reasons your unit may have some Warning decals which have been superceded by more curshyrent Warning Caution or Danger decals If such is the case read the information in the decal on your machine and select the new decal from the Kit which expresses the same directives
NEW DECAL APPLICATION
Surfaces MUST be free from dirt dust grease and other foreign material before applying the new Decal To apply remove the smaller portion of the decal backing paper and apply this part of the exposed adhesive backshying to the clean surface while maintaining proper posishytion and alignment Peel the other portion of the backshying paper off slowly while applying hand pressure to smooth out Decal surface
A CAUTION Always Observe Safety Rules Shown on Decals If Decals become damshyaged or if unit is repainted replace Decals
If repainting BE SURE that all Decals from the Kit(s) which apply to your machine are affixed to your unit
The Decal Set Number for the WR308 is 074887 and for the W R3l 0 is 074888 The Sets are identical except for model number decals They include the following
Ref Part No Numbei DeSCiiption amp Quantity
1 077682 CAUTION - General Safety Precautions 2 076894 CAUTION - Operators Responsibility amp
Manual 3 061201 GEHL (2 Places) 4 070547 38 (2 Places) - Not Shown
070549 310 (2 Places) 5 072148 DANGER - Avoid Electrical Contact 6 073739 CAUTION - Transport Pins
NOTICE
Order paint for refinishing machines from this list
901225 One Gallon Blaze Paint 901226 One Gallon Maize Paint 610239 6 (12 oz) Cans Blaze Spray Paint 610240 6 (12 oz) Cans Maize Spray Paint
20
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
__________ WR30S310 - HINGE BRACKETS and PIVOTS
14
2~ - ~ - ~~
~~ 5 1-- 6
REF PART NO 3 6 NO NO PART NAME REO
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 02 604978 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 03 604979 HINGE AXLE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 04 604986 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 05 604990 WASHER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 06 604991 BEARING BUSHING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 REF PART NO 07 604992 CAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
NO NO PART NAME REO 08 610398 PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 09 610399 BRACKET bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
14 610905 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbullbull 1 10 610400 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662)11 610401 STRAP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610907 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 12 610451 ROLL PIN- 10X36 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 310 AFTER SN2402)
AFTER SN2662-308 amp 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 2402-310) 610397 LEFT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbull 1
610450 A ROLL PIN- 10X35 (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310)2403-310) 15 656016 CS 88M12X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2
13 610892 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 16 656022 CS 8 8M12X90 bullbullbullbullbullbull 2 308 AFTER SN2662) 17 656026 CS 88M12X140 bullbullbullbullbullbullbull 8
610906 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED ON bullbull 1 18 656050 8M12 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 310 AFTER SN2402) 19 656073 COTTER PIN 5X32 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4
610396 RIGHT HINGE ARM (USED bullbullbullbullbull 1 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER PIN 610451
570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
21
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
--------
WR30S310 - FRAME _________________________
1~ J--3
WR308 Before SN 3027 amp After SN2262 or
WR310 Before SN2543 amp After SN2402
11-
~ W--2
I I l
~J~Ir I)
~ II ) I I 8 I I 12
~J I 12 13 l
~ WR308 Before Serial 2663 or WR310 Before Serial 2403
22
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
WR30S310 shy FRAME
REF PART NO REF PART NO
NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604616 TOP PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 656013 CS S SMI0X60 (USED BEFORE 2
02
03
604629
604630
SPRING CLIP (USED BEFORE bullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
4
3
13 656049 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
SMID N (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
2
04 05
6049S0A 604994
CHAIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull LOCKING PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2
14 6119S6B CATAGORY I LIFT TONG (USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp
1
06 07
604995A 610404
CONNECTOR LINK Wl2PIN bull STAND bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull
2 2 15 059050
2402-310) ROLL PIN- 532Xll16 (USED 2
OS
09
610406
610901
PIN (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
CATAGORY II LIFT TONG bullbullbullbullbull
2
1 16 610979
AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310 )
LEFT BRACKET (USED AFTER bull 1
10 610902
(USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
PIN (USED AFTER SN2262- bullbull 2
17 61097S SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
RIGHT BRACKET (USED AFTER SN3026-30S amp 2542-310)
1
30S amp 2402-310) 11 601976 MAIN FRAME (USED AFTER bullbull 1 A FOR ACCESSORY ORDER NUMBER S02159
SN3026-30S amp 2542-310) 610903 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bullbullbull 1 B FOR ACCESSORY ORDER S02616
SN3027-30S amp 2543-310 AND USED AFTER SN2662-30S amp 2402-310)
610405 MAIN FRAME (USED BEFORE bull 1 SN2663-30S amp 2403-310)
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
WR30S310 - HINGE BARS TURNING BARS amp TENSION SPRINGS __
IMPORTANT Order by Part Number - DO NOT use Illustration Reference Numbers
8
I 11
3
WR310
6
~- 1
I Ii
I
1
I + I I
~ I I
+ I I
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 604629 SPRING CLIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 4 09 610893 TELESCOPING BAR (USED bull 1 02 604985 SPRING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 AFTER SN2662-308 amp 03 604989 SETTING STRIP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 2402-310 ) 04 604993 PIN bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 604984A TELESCOPING BAR (USED bullbullbull 1 05 610888 FRAME (USED ON 308 AFTER bullbull 2 BEFORE SN2663-308 amp
SN2662) 2403-310) 604976 FRAME (USED ON 308 BEFORE 2 10 610894 BEARING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbull 4
SN2663) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 2 11 610908 FRAME (USED ON 310 AFTER bull 2
06 610889 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2402) AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) 610407 FRAME (USED ON 310 BEFORE 2
604975 RIGHT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 SN2403) BEFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbull 2
07 610890 LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbull 2 AFTER 2662-308 amp 2402-310) A FOR REPLACEMENT ORDER CURRENT PART
Ill LEFT TUBE FRAME (USED bullbullbullbullbull 2 ~EFORE 2663-308 amp 2403-310
(USED AFTER SN2662 bullbullbull 6 308 amp 2402-310)
~ IN (USED BEFORE SN2663 bullbull 6 -308 amp 2403-310)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~R308310 - FINGER ~HEELS
Before WR30a Serial 2663 or Before WR310 Serial 2403
11
10
REF PART NO REF PART NO NO NO PART NAME REQ NO NO PART NAME REQ
01 520105 BALL BEARING (USED AFTER bullbull 2 13 610886 ROLL PIN 5X16 (USED AFTER 1 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
02 604996 SPRING TINE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 40 14 610887 DUST CAP (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbull 1 03 604998 BOL T WNUT bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 20 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 04 610350 LOCK WASHER (USED BEFORE bullbull 1 15 610895 BEARING HOUSING(USED AFTER 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 05 610351 THRUST WASHER (USED BEFORE 2 604999 HUB (USED BEFORE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) SN2663-308 amp 2403-310) 06 610352 ROLLER BEARING (USED bullbullbullbullbullbull 1 570002 GREASE FITTING bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1
BEFORE SN2663-308 amp 16 610896 BUSHING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbull 1 2403-310) SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
07 610353 TINE PLATE bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 17 610897 RING (USED AFTER bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 08 610354 TINE CLAMP bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 10 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310) 09 610355 RIM bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 18 610898 LOCK WASHER (USED AFTER bullbullbull 1 10 610356 RIGHT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbull 4 SN2662-308 amp 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 19 610899 CAP (USED AFTER SN2662-308 1 11 610403 LEFT FINGER WHEEL-ASSM bullbullbull 4 2402-310)
(5 USED ON WR310) 20 656006 CS 88M10X10 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 1 12 610489 STAR WASHER Al105 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6 21 656008 CS 88M10X30 bullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
22 656049 8M10 Nbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbullbull 6
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
~R308310 - NUMERICAL INDEX~~~~~~~~~~~~~_
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF 0
NO NO NO
PART PAGE REF NO NO NO
059050 23 15 610888 24 05 520105 25 01 610889 24 06 601976 23 11 610890 24 07 604616 23 01 610891 24 08 604629 21 01 610892 21 13 604629 23 02 610893 24 09 604629 24 01 610894 24 10 604630 23 03 610895 25 15 604974 24 07 610896 25 16 604975 24 06 610897 25 17 604976 24 05 610898 25 18 604977 24 08 610899 25 19 604978 21 02 610901 23 09 604979 21 03 610902 23 10
604980 23 04 610903 23 11 604984 24 09 610905 21 14 604985 24 02 610906 21 13 604986 21 04 610907 21 14 604989 24 03 610908 24 11
604990 21 05 610978 23 17 604991 21 06 610979 23 16 604992 21 07 611986 23 14 604993 24 04 656006 25 20 604994 23 05 656008 25 21 604995 23 06 656013 23 12 604996 25 02 656016 21 15 604998 25 03 656022 21 16 604999 25 15 656026 21 17
610350 25 04 656049 23 13 610351 25 05 656049 25 22 610352 25 06 656050 21 18 610353 25 07 610354 25 08 610355 25 09 610356 25 10
610396 21 13 610397 21 14 610398 21 08 610399 21 09 610400 21 10 610401 21 11 610403 25 11 610404 23 07 610405 23 11 610406 23 08 lt10407 24 11
21 12 12
656073 21 19
t
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
INDEX
Page C
Check Lists 5-7 D
Decal Locations 20 G
General Information 9-20
N
S
T
W
Abbreviations amp General Bolt Torque Data 9 Set-up amp Assembly 9-12
Main Frame amp Mounting Brackets 9-10 Tension Spring 10-11 Main Turning Bars amp Finger Wheel Carriers II Finger Wheels 12
V-Rake to Tractor Connection 13 Parking amp Unhooking Rake 13-14 Road Transport Position 14-15 Spreading 15-16 Field Adj ustments 16-18
Width Positioning Bracket 16 Telescoping Rod amp Spring 16 Tension Spring Adjuster Plate 17 Rake Width 17-18
Maintenance 18-19 Hardware 18 Lubrication 19
I Introduction 3
Numerical Index 26
Safety 8 Service Parts 22-25
Hinge Brackets amp Pivots 21 Frame 22-23 Hinge Bars Turning Bars amp Tension Springs 24 Finger Wheels 25
Specifications 4
Table of Contents 3
Warranty 2
27
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA
FARM EQUIPMENT GEHL COMPANY WEST BEND WISCONSIN 53095 USA
9034681P1184 Printed in USA